1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section ()
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
140 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
144 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
217 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
232 unsigned funcdef_number
;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
234 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
261 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
262 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
265 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
266 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
268 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
269 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
272 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
274 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
275 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
276 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
278 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
279 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
280 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
281 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
283 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
287 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
288 information for each routine. */
289 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
291 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
292 static unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
294 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
295 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
297 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
299 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
301 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
302 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
304 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
305 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
306 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
307 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
308 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
309 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
312 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
315 unsigned int refcount
;
320 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
322 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
323 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
325 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
327 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
329 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
330 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
331 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
332 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
333 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
334 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
,
336 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
337 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
339 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
340 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
341 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
342 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
343 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
344 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
345 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
346 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
347 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
349 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
350 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
351 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
352 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
353 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
354 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
355 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *,
358 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
359 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
360 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
363 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
364 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
365 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
367 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
368 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
371 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
372 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
375 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
376 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
379 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
380 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
381 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
382 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
383 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
384 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
385 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
386 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
387 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
388 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
389 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
391 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
392 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
394 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
396 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
398 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
402 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
403 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
404 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
405 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
408 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
409 for the current function. */
410 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
411 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
414 /* Hook used by __throw. */
417 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
419 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
));
422 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
423 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
429 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
434 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
441 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
444 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
448 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
449 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
450 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
452 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
453 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
455 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
456 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
461 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
465 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
468 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
473 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
474 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
476 return "DW_CFA_offset";
478 return "DW_CFA_restore";
482 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
483 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
484 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
485 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
486 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
487 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
488 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
489 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
490 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
491 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
492 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
493 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
494 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
495 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
496 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
497 case DW_CFA_register
:
498 return "DW_CFA_register";
499 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
500 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
501 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
502 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
504 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
505 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
506 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
507 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
508 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
511 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
512 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
513 case DW_CFA_expression
:
514 return "DW_CFA_expression";
515 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
516 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
517 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
518 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
519 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
520 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
522 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
523 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
524 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
527 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
528 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
529 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
530 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
531 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
532 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
535 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
539 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
541 static inline dw_cfi_ref
544 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
546 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
547 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
548 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
553 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
556 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
557 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
562 /* Find the end of the chain. */
563 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
569 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
572 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
574 static char label
[20];
576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
577 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
581 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
582 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
585 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
591 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
594 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
596 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
597 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
601 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
603 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
605 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
606 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
607 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
610 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
614 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
617 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
620 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
622 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
624 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
626 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
627 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
629 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
630 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
633 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
634 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
636 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
637 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
644 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
648 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
652 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
655 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
657 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
658 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
660 if (fde_table_in_use
)
662 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
663 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
664 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
668 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
669 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
671 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
673 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
675 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
676 static long args_size
;
678 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
679 static long old_args_size
;
681 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
682 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
683 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
686 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
696 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
699 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
700 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
703 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
705 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
708 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
713 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
714 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
716 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
717 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
719 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
720 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
721 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
722 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
727 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
729 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
730 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
732 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
733 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
736 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
737 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
740 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
741 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
742 offset has not changed. */
743 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
744 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
748 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
750 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
751 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
752 the specified offset. */
753 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
754 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
755 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
759 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
760 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
761 register-offset pair is available. */
762 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
764 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
765 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
766 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
769 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
772 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
773 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
774 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
775 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
778 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
784 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
786 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
788 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
789 the value isn't a register number. */
790 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
793 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
795 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
797 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
799 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
801 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
802 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
803 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
805 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
807 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
811 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
813 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
815 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
817 else if (sreg
== reg
)
818 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
822 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
823 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
826 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
829 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
830 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
831 from the previous frame's window save area.
833 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
834 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
837 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
840 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
842 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
843 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
846 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
847 pushed onto the stack. */
850 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
856 if (size
== old_args_size
)
859 old_args_size
= size
;
862 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
863 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
864 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
867 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
868 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
871 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
876 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
879 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
880 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
883 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
887 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
890 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
891 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
894 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
898 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
901 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
902 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
905 initial_return_save (rtl
)
908 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
909 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
911 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
914 /* RA is in a register. */
915 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
919 /* RA is on the stack. */
921 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
924 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
930 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
932 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
936 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
938 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
948 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
949 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
950 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
951 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
953 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
960 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
963 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
967 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
970 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
971 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
972 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
975 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
977 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
978 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
979 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
980 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
981 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
984 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
988 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
990 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
991 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
992 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
998 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1000 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1001 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1002 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1003 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1005 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1012 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1014 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1021 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1023 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1038 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1039 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1040 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1043 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
1046 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1050 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1052 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1053 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1054 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1055 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1056 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1057 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1058 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1061 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1065 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1066 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1067 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1070 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1072 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1073 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1074 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1075 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1076 offset
= -args_size
;
1081 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1082 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1083 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1084 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1086 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1088 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1089 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1090 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1098 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1099 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1101 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1105 args_size
+= offset
;
1109 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1110 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1111 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1116 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1117 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1118 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1120 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1122 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1127 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1129 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1130 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1133 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1138 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1140 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1142 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1143 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1145 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1149 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1151 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1153 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1155 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1159 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1160 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1164 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1167 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1169 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1170 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1177 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1178 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1179 value, not an offset. */
1180 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1182 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1183 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1184 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1187 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1188 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1189 users need not read the source code.
1191 The High-Level Picture
1193 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1194 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1195 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1196 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1197 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1199 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1200 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1201 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1202 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1203 saves. This also seems to work.
1205 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1206 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1207 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1208 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1210 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1211 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1212 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1213 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1215 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1217 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1218 consists of a register and an offset.
1219 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1220 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1221 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1222 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1223 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1224 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1225 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1227 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1228 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1229 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1232 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1233 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1234 and cfa_temp.offset.
1236 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1239 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1240 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1241 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1245 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1246 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1249 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1250 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1251 cfa.offset unchanged
1252 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1256 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1257 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1258 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1259 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1260 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1261 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1264 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1265 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1266 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1269 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1270 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1272 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1273 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1274 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1277 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1278 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1280 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1281 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1284 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1285 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1286 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1289 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1290 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1291 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1294 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1298 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1299 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1300 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1303 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1304 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1305 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1307 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1310 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1311 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1312 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1314 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1317 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1320 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1321 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1324 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1325 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1326 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1329 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1330 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1331 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1332 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1335 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1340 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1342 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1343 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1344 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1345 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1346 flag is set in them. */
1347 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1350 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1352 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1353 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1354 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1356 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1361 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1364 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1365 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1367 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1371 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1372 relative to the current CFA register. */
1373 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1375 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1377 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1383 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1384 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1385 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1386 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1387 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1388 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1389 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1395 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1399 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1402 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1405 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1407 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1413 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1415 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1416 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1418 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1420 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1421 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1423 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1426 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1428 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1429 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1430 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1431 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1433 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1436 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1437 or adjusting the FP */
1438 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1441 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1442 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1443 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1445 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1446 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1448 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1449 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1456 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1461 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1462 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1464 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1465 into the FP later on. */
1466 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1467 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1468 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1469 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1470 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1471 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1475 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1476 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1477 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1479 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1480 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1481 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1483 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1484 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1488 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1489 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1491 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1492 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1501 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1502 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1507 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1508 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1509 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1512 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1513 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1514 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1517 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1518 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1527 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1531 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1534 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1536 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1541 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1542 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1544 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1546 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1547 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1550 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1551 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1552 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1554 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1560 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1561 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1564 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1565 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1568 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1569 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1570 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1572 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 /* With an offset. */
1580 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1582 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1583 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1586 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1587 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1588 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1589 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1595 /* Without an offset. */
1597 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1598 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1599 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1600 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1607 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1609 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1610 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1617 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1618 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1619 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1621 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1623 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1625 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1626 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1628 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1629 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1634 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1635 calculate the CFA. */
1636 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1638 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1640 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1643 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1644 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1646 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1651 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1652 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1660 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1661 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1662 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1665 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1671 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1673 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1674 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1676 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1678 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1681 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1684 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1688 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1689 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1691 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1693 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1694 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1699 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1700 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1702 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1704 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1706 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1711 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1712 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1713 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1715 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1716 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (cfi
)
1717 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1722 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1723 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1725 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1726 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1727 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1728 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1729 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1730 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1733 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1734 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1735 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1736 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1737 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1738 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1739 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1740 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1741 case DW_CFA_register
:
1742 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1745 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1747 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1750 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1751 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1758 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1759 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1760 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1762 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1763 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (cfi
)
1764 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1768 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1769 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1771 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1772 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1773 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1775 case DW_CFA_register
:
1776 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1779 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1783 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1785 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1788 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1793 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1795 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1796 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1797 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1798 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1801 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1802 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1803 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1804 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1806 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1808 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1809 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1810 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1813 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1814 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1816 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1818 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1820 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1821 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1822 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1825 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1826 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1829 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1830 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1831 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1832 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1835 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1836 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1837 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1838 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1841 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1842 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1843 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1844 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1847 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1848 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1849 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1850 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1853 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1854 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1857 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1860 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1861 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1862 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1864 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1867 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1868 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1869 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1870 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1871 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1875 case DW_CFA_register
:
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1883 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1884 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1887 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1888 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1894 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1895 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1896 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1899 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1900 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1909 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1910 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1911 location of saved registers. */
1914 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1920 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1921 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1922 char augmentation
[6];
1923 int augmentation_size
;
1924 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1925 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1926 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1928 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1929 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1932 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1933 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1934 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1935 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1938 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1940 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1941 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1942 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1943 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
)
1944 any_eh_needed
= true;
1946 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1950 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1955 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1957 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1959 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1960 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1962 /* Output the CIE. */
1963 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1964 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1965 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1966 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1967 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1969 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1970 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1971 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1972 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1973 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1975 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1977 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1978 augmentation_size
= 0;
1984 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1985 augmentation section.
1986 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1987 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1988 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1990 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1991 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1993 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1994 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1995 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1997 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1998 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2001 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2003 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2006 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2008 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2011 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2013 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2015 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2019 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2020 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2022 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2024 + 1 /* CIE version */
2025 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2026 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2027 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2029 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2030 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2031 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2033 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2035 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2036 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2037 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2042 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2043 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2044 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2045 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2048 if (augmentation
[0])
2050 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2051 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2054 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2055 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2056 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2059 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2061 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2063 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2064 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2065 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2068 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2069 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2071 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2072 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2073 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2074 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2076 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2077 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2079 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2081 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2082 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2083 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2084 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2087 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2088 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2089 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2090 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2092 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2095 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2097 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2102 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2103 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2104 "FDE initial location");
2105 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2106 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2107 "FDE address range");
2111 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2112 "FDE initial location");
2113 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2114 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2115 "FDE address range");
2118 if (augmentation
[0])
2120 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2122 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2124 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2126 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2127 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2128 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2129 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2130 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2133 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2137 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2139 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2141 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2142 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2143 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2144 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2145 "Language Specific Data Area");
2149 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2152 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2153 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2157 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2160 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2162 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2163 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2164 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2166 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2167 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2168 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2169 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2172 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2173 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2174 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2175 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2176 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2177 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2180 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2185 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2189 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line
, file
)
2190 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2191 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2193 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2196 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2198 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2199 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2200 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2202 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2203 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2206 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2210 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2211 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2212 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2213 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2214 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2215 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2217 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2218 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2219 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2223 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2224 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2226 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2227 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2228 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2229 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2230 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2233 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2234 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2236 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2237 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2238 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2239 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2240 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2241 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2242 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2243 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2244 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2245 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2247 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2249 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2250 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2251 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2253 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2257 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2258 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2262 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (line
, file
)
2263 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2264 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2267 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2269 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2271 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2272 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2273 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2274 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2275 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2279 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2281 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2282 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2283 * sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2284 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2285 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2287 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2288 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2290 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2291 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2292 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2293 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2298 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2300 /* Output call frame information. */
2301 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2302 output_call_frame_info (0);
2304 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2305 output_call_frame_info (1);
2309 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2310 for emitting location expressions. */
2312 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2313 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2314 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2317 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2318 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2319 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2320 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2322 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2323 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2324 implementation are listed below. */
2329 dw_val_class_offset
,
2331 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2332 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2334 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2335 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2338 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2339 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2340 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2341 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2345 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2346 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2348 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2355 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2357 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2359 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2364 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2365 represented internally. */
2367 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2369 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2370 union dw_val_struct_union
2372 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2373 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2374 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2375 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2376 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2377 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2378 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2379 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2380 struct dw_val_die_union
2384 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2385 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2386 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2387 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2388 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2390 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2394 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2397 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2399 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2400 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2401 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2402 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2407 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2408 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2409 their entire life. */
2410 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2412 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2413 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2414 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2415 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2416 Only on head of list */
2417 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2418 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2421 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2423 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2424 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2427 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2429 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2430 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2431 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2432 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2434 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2437 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2443 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2444 return "DW_OP_addr";
2446 return "DW_OP_deref";
2448 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2450 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2452 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2454 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2456 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2458 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2460 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2462 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2464 return "DW_OP_constu";
2466 return "DW_OP_consts";
2470 return "DW_OP_drop";
2472 return "DW_OP_over";
2474 return "DW_OP_pick";
2476 return "DW_OP_swap";
2480 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2488 return "DW_OP_minus";
2500 return "DW_OP_plus";
2501 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2502 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2508 return "DW_OP_shra";
2526 return "DW_OP_skip";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2584 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2586 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2588 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2590 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2648 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2650 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2652 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2654 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2712 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2714 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2716 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2718 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2720 return "DW_OP_regx";
2722 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2724 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2726 return "DW_OP_piece";
2727 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2728 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2729 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2730 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2733 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2734 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2736 return "DW_OP_call2";
2738 return "DW_OP_call4";
2739 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2740 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2741 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2742 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2744 return "OP_<unknown>";
2748 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2749 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2750 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2752 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2753 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2754 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2755 unsigned long oprnd1
;
2756 unsigned long oprnd2
;
2758 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2759 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2761 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2762 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2763 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2764 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2765 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2771 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2774 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2775 dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2776 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2778 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2780 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2781 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2787 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2789 static unsigned long
2790 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2791 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2793 unsigned long size
= 1;
2795 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2798 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2799 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2818 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2821 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2826 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2827 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2865 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2868 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2871 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2874 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2875 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2878 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2880 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2881 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2890 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2891 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2900 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2902 static unsigned long
2904 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2908 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2910 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2911 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2917 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2920 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2921 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2923 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2924 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2926 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2928 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2930 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2938 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2942 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2951 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2952 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2969 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2970 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2971 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2972 only doing unwinding. */
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2983 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2988 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3029 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3038 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3039 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3043 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3044 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3045 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3047 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3054 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3059 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3062 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
3063 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3065 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3067 /* Output the opcode. */
3068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3069 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3071 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3072 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3076 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3077 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3080 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
3083 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3086 /* Output the size of the block. */
3087 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3088 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3089 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3091 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3092 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3095 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3096 a dw_cfa_location. */
3098 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3100 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3102 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3104 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3107 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3110 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3112 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3114 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3115 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3117 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3119 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3120 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3121 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3122 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3124 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3125 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3131 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3132 descriptor sequence. */
3135 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
3136 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3137 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
3139 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3141 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3145 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3147 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3183 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3186 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3220 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3221 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3224 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3225 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3230 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3231 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3234 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3235 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3239 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3241 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3242 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3244 /* .debug_str support. */
3245 static int output_indirect_string
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
3247 static void dwarf2out_init
PARAMS ((const char *));
3248 static void dwarf2out_finish
PARAMS ((const char *));
3249 static void dwarf2out_define
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3250 static void dwarf2out_undef
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3251 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3252 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3253 static void dwarf2out_begin_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3254 static void dwarf2out_end_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3255 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block
PARAMS ((tree
));
3256 static void dwarf2out_global_decl
PARAMS ((tree
));
3257 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function
PARAMS ((tree
));
3259 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3261 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3267 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3268 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3269 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3270 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3271 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3272 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3273 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3274 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3275 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3276 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3277 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3278 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3279 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3280 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3281 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3282 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3283 something tries to reference them. */
3284 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3285 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3286 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3290 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3291 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3292 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3294 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3295 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3296 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3297 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3299 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3300 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3302 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3304 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3306 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3307 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3308 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3309 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3310 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3312 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3313 line number associated with the label generated for that
3314 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3315 the line number entry. */
3317 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3319 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3320 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3324 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3326 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3328 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3329 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3330 unsigned long function
;
3332 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3334 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3335 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3336 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3338 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3340 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3341 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3342 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3346 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3348 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3350 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3352 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3353 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3354 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3356 dw_offset die_offset
;
3357 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3362 /* The pubname structure */
3364 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3371 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3376 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3377 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3381 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3385 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3386 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3387 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3390 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3391 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3393 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3394 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3395 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3396 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3397 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3398 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3400 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3401 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3402 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3403 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3404 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3405 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3406 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3407 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3408 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3409 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3411 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3412 language, and compiler version. */
3414 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3415 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3416 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3418 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3419 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3421 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3422 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3423 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3424 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3425 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3427 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3428 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3429 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3430 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3431 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3432 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3434 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3435 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3436 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3437 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3439 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3443 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3444 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3445 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3447 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3448 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3450 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3451 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3453 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3454 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3455 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3456 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3457 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3459 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3460 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3461 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3462 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3465 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3466 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3468 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3469 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3471 static int is_main_source
;
3474 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3475 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3477 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3478 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3479 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3480 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3482 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3483 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3484 number identifying each decl. */
3485 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3487 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3488 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3490 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3491 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3492 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3495 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3497 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3499 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3500 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3501 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3502 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3503 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3505 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3506 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3508 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3509 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3510 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3513 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3514 abbrev_die_table. */
3515 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3517 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3518 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3519 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3520 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3522 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3523 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3525 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3526 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3527 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3530 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3531 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3532 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3533 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3535 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3536 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3538 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3539 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3540 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3543 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3545 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3547 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3548 accessible names. */
3549 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3551 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3552 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3554 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3555 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3556 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3559 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3561 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3563 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3564 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3566 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3567 static unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3569 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3570 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3571 static unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3574 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3576 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3578 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3579 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3581 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3582 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3584 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3585 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3586 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3588 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3590 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3592 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3593 static unsigned have_location_lists
;
3595 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3596 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3598 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3599 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3602 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3604 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3606 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3607 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3608 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3609 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3610 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3611 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3613 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3615 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3616 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3617 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3618 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3619 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3620 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3621 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3623 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3624 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3625 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3626 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3627 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3628 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3630 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3631 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3632 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3635 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3636 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3638 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3639 static int debug_str_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3640 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3641 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3643 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3644 static int AT_string_form
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3645 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3646 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3648 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3649 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3650 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
3651 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3652 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3654 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3655 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3657 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3658 static void add_AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3659 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3661 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3662 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3663 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3665 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3666 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3667 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3669 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3670 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3672 static void add_AT_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3673 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3675 static void add_AT_range_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3676 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3678 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3679 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3680 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3681 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3682 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3683 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3684 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3685 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3686 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3687 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3688 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3689 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3690 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3691 static bool is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3692 static bool is_cxx
PARAMS ((void));
3693 static bool is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3694 static bool is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3695 static bool is_ada
PARAMS ((void));
3696 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3697 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3698 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3699 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3700 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3701 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
,
3703 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3704 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3705 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3706 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3707 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3708 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3709 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3710 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3711 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3712 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3713 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3714 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3716 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
,
3719 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3722 static int same_loc_p
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3723 dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *));
3724 static int same_dw_val_p
PARAMS ((dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*,
3726 static int same_attr_p
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *));
3727 static int same_die_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *));
3728 static int same_die_p_wrap
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3729 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3730 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3731 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3732 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3733 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3734 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3735 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3736 static int htab_cu_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3737 static void htab_cu_del
PARAMS ((void *));
3738 static int check_duplicate_cu
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *));
3739 static void record_comdat_symbol_number
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned));
3740 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3741 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3742 static void output_location_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3743 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3744 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3745 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3746 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3747 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3748 static void unmark_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3749 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3750 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3751 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3752 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3753 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3754 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3755 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3756 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3757 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3758 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3759 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3760 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3761 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3762 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3763 static unsigned int add_ranges
PARAMS ((tree
));
3764 static void output_ranges
PARAMS ((void));
3765 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3766 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3767 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3768 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3769 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3770 static bool is_ada_subrange_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3771 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3772 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3773 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3774 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3775 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3776 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((unsigned int));
3777 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3778 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3779 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3780 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3781 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3782 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3783 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3784 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3785 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3786 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3787 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3788 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3789 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3790 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3791 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3792 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3794 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3795 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3796 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3797 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3798 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3799 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3800 static void add_comp_dir_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3801 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3802 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3803 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3804 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3805 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3806 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3807 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3808 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3809 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3810 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3811 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3812 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3813 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3814 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3815 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3816 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3817 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3819 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3820 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3822 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3824 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3825 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3827 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3829 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3830 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3831 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3832 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3833 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3834 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3835 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3836 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3837 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3838 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3839 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3840 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3841 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3842 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3843 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3844 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3845 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3846 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3847 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3848 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3849 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3850 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3851 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3852 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3853 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3854 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3855 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3856 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3857 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3858 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3859 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3860 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3861 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3862 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3863 const char *, const char *,
3864 const char *, unsigned));
3865 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
*,
3867 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3868 static void output_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
));
3869 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((const char *));
3871 static void prune_unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3872 static void prune_unused_types_mark
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3873 static void prune_unused_types_walk
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3874 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3875 static void prune_unused_types_prune
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3876 static void prune_unused_types
PARAMS ((void));
3877 static int maybe_emit_file
PARAMS ((int));
3879 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3880 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3881 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3883 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3884 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3886 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3887 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3889 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3890 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3892 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3893 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3895 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3896 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3898 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3899 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3901 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3902 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3904 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3905 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3908 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3909 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3910 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3913 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3914 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3915 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3916 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3918 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3921 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3922 the section names themselves. */
3924 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3925 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3927 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3928 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3930 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3931 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3933 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3934 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3936 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3937 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3939 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3940 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3942 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3943 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3946 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3947 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3948 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3949 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3950 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3952 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3953 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3954 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3955 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3956 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3957 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3958 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3959 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3961 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3962 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3964 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3965 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3967 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3968 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3970 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3971 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3973 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3974 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3977 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3978 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3980 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3983 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3984 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3986 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3989 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3995 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3996 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3997 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4000 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4004 type_main_variant (type
)
4007 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4009 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4010 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4011 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4012 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4014 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4015 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4016 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4021 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4024 is_tagged_type (type
)
4027 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4029 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4030 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4033 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4036 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
4041 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4042 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4043 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4044 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4045 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4046 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4047 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4048 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4049 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4050 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4051 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4052 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4053 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4054 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4056 return "DW_TAG_label";
4057 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4058 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4060 return "DW_TAG_member";
4061 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4062 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4063 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4064 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4065 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4066 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4067 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4068 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4069 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4070 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4071 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4072 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4073 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4074 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4075 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4076 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4077 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4078 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4079 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4080 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4081 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4082 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4083 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4084 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4085 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4086 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4087 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4088 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4090 return "DW_TAG_module";
4091 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4092 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4093 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4094 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4095 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4096 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4097 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4098 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4099 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4100 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4101 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4102 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4103 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4104 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4105 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4106 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4107 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4108 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4109 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4110 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4111 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4112 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4114 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4115 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4116 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4117 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4118 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4119 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4120 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4121 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4122 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4123 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4124 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4125 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4126 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4127 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4128 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4129 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4130 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4131 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4132 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4133 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4134 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4135 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4136 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4137 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4138 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4139 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4140 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4141 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4142 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4143 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4144 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4145 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4146 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4147 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4148 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4150 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4154 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4157 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
4163 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4164 case DW_AT_location
:
4165 return "DW_AT_location";
4167 return "DW_AT_name";
4168 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4169 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4170 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4171 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4172 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4173 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4174 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4175 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4176 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4177 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4178 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4179 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4180 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4181 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4183 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4185 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4186 case DW_AT_language
:
4187 return "DW_AT_language";
4189 return "DW_AT_member";
4191 return "DW_AT_discr";
4192 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4193 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4194 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4195 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4197 return "DW_AT_import";
4198 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4199 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4200 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4201 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4202 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4203 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4204 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4205 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4206 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4207 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4208 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4209 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4211 return "DW_AT_inline";
4212 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4213 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4214 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4215 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4216 case DW_AT_producer
:
4217 return "DW_AT_producer";
4218 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4219 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4220 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4221 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4222 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4223 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4224 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4225 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4226 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4227 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4228 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4229 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4230 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4231 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4232 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4233 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4234 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4235 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4236 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4237 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4238 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4239 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4241 return "DW_AT_count";
4242 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4243 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4244 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4245 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4246 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4247 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4248 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4249 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4250 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4251 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4252 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4253 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4254 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4255 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4256 case DW_AT_external
:
4257 return "DW_AT_external";
4258 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4259 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4261 return "DW_AT_friend";
4262 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4263 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4264 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4265 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4266 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4267 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4268 case DW_AT_priority
:
4269 return "DW_AT_priority";
4271 return "DW_AT_segment";
4272 case DW_AT_specification
:
4273 return "DW_AT_specification";
4274 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4275 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4277 return "DW_AT_type";
4278 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4279 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4280 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4281 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4282 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4283 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4284 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4285 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4287 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4288 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4289 case DW_AT_associated
:
4290 return "DW_AT_associated";
4291 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4292 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4294 return "DW_AT_stride";
4295 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4296 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4297 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4298 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4299 case DW_AT_extension
:
4300 return "DW_AT_extension";
4302 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4303 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4304 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4305 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4306 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4307 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4308 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4309 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4310 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4312 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4313 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4314 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4315 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4316 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4317 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4318 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4319 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4320 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4321 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4322 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4323 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4324 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4325 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4326 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4327 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4328 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4329 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4330 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4331 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4332 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4333 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4335 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4336 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4337 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4338 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4339 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4340 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4341 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4342 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4343 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4344 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4345 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4346 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4347 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4348 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4350 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4351 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4354 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4358 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4361 dwarf_form_name (form
)
4367 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4368 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4369 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4370 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4371 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4373 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4375 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4377 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4378 case DW_FORM_string
:
4379 return "DW_FORM_string";
4381 return "DW_FORM_block";
4382 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4383 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4385 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4387 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4389 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4391 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4393 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4394 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4395 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4397 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4399 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4401 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4403 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4404 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4405 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4406 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4407 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4409 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4413 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4417 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4422 case DW_ATE_address
:
4423 return "DW_ATE_address";
4424 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4425 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4426 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4427 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4429 return "DW_ATE_float";
4431 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4432 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4433 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4434 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4435 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4436 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4437 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4439 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4444 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4445 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4446 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4447 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4451 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4454 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4455 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4456 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4457 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4460 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4461 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4462 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4463 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4467 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4470 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4471 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4472 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4473 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4477 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4480 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4482 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4483 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4484 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4485 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4488 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4493 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4497 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4498 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4499 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4501 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4507 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4508 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4512 decl_class_context (decl
)
4515 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4517 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4518 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4520 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4521 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4523 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4524 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4529 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4530 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4533 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4537 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4539 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4540 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4544 static inline enum dw_val_class
4548 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4551 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4554 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4556 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4559 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4561 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4562 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4563 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4564 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4565 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4568 static inline unsigned
4572 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4573 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4578 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4581 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4583 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4586 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4588 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4589 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4590 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4591 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4592 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4595 static inline long int
4599 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4600 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4605 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4608 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4610 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4611 unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4613 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4615 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4616 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4617 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4618 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4619 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4622 static inline unsigned long
4626 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4627 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4632 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4635 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4637 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4638 unsigned long val_hi
;
4639 unsigned long val_low
;
4641 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4643 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4644 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4645 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4646 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4647 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4648 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4651 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4654 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4656 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4660 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4662 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4663 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4664 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4665 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4666 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4667 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4670 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4673 debug_str_do_hash (x
)
4676 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4680 debug_str_eq (x1
, x2
)
4684 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4685 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4688 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4691 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4693 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4696 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4697 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4700 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4701 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4702 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4704 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4705 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4707 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4708 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4709 node
->str
= ggc_alloc_string (str
, -1);
4712 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4713 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4714 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4715 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4716 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4719 static inline const char *
4723 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4724 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4729 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4730 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4736 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4738 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4742 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4746 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4748 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4749 always better to put it inline. */
4750 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4751 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4753 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4754 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4756 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4757 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4758 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4760 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4761 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4762 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4764 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4770 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4773 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4775 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4776 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4778 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4780 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4781 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4782 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4783 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4784 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4785 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4788 static inline dw_die_ref
4792 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4793 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4802 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4803 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4809 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4813 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4814 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4819 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4822 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4824 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4827 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4829 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4830 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4831 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4832 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4833 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4836 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4839 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4841 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4842 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4844 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4846 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4847 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4848 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4849 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4850 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4853 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4857 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4858 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4864 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, loc_list
)
4866 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4867 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
4869 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4871 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4872 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4873 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4874 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4875 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4876 have_location_lists
= 1;
4879 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4883 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4884 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4889 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4892 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4894 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4897 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4899 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4900 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4901 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4902 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4903 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4910 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4911 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4916 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4919 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4921 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4924 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4926 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4927 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4928 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4929 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4930 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4933 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4936 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4938 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4941 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4943 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4944 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4945 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4946 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4947 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4950 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4953 add_AT_offset (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4955 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4956 unsigned long offset
;
4958 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4960 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4961 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4962 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4963 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4964 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4967 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4970 add_AT_range_list (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4972 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4973 unsigned long offset
;
4975 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4977 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4978 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4979 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4980 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4981 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4984 static inline const char *
4988 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4989 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4990 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4995 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4997 static inline dw_attr_ref
4998 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
5000 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5003 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5007 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5008 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5010 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5011 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5015 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5021 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5022 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5023 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5025 static inline const char *
5029 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5031 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5034 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5035 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5036 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5038 static inline const char *
5042 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5044 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5047 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5048 NULL if it is not present. */
5050 static inline const char *
5051 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
5053 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5055 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5057 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5060 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5061 if it is not present. */
5064 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
5066 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5068 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5070 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5073 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5074 if it is not present. */
5076 static inline unsigned
5077 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
5079 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5081 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5083 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5086 static inline dw_die_ref
5087 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
5089 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5091 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5093 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5096 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5101 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5103 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
5104 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5107 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5112 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
5113 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5116 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5121 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5123 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
5126 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5131 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5133 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5136 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5141 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5143 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5146 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5148 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
5153 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5154 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5155 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5158 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5161 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
5163 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5166 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5170 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5171 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5174 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5183 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5189 remove_children (die
);
5192 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5195 remove_children (die
)
5198 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5200 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5202 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5204 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5207 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5209 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5211 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5213 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5221 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5222 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5225 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
5227 dw_die_ref child_die
;
5229 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5231 if (die
== child_die
)
5234 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5235 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5236 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5240 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5241 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5244 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
5245 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
5249 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5250 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5251 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5253 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5259 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5260 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5263 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5266 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5270 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5271 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5272 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5275 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5277 static inline dw_die_ref
5278 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
, t
)
5279 enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
5280 dw_die_ref parent_die
;
5283 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5285 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5287 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5288 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5291 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5293 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5294 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5295 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5296 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5297 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5303 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5305 static inline dw_die_ref
5306 lookup_type_die (type
)
5309 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5312 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5315 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
5317 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5319 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5322 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5324 static inline dw_die_ref
5325 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
5328 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5330 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5333 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5336 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
5338 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
5340 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5341 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5343 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5346 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5347 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5348 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5350 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5351 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5353 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5354 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5355 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5358 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5359 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5361 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5364 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5365 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5366 the DIE internal representation. */
5367 static int print_indent
;
5369 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5372 print_spaces (outfile
)
5375 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5378 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5379 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5382 print_die (die
, outfile
)
5389 print_spaces (outfile
);
5390 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5391 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5392 print_spaces (outfile
);
5393 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5394 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5396 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5398 print_spaces (outfile
);
5399 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5401 switch (AT_class (a
))
5403 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5404 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5406 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5407 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5409 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5410 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5412 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5413 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5414 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5416 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5417 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5419 case dw_val_class_const
:
5420 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5422 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5423 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5425 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5426 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5427 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5428 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5430 case dw_val_class_float
:
5431 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5433 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5434 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5436 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5437 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5439 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5440 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5442 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5445 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5447 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5448 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5449 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5451 case dw_val_class_str
:
5452 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5453 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5455 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5461 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5464 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5467 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5468 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5472 if (print_indent
== 0)
5473 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5476 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5477 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5480 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
5484 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5486 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5487 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5489 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5490 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5491 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5492 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5493 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5494 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5497 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5500 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5503 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
5506 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5509 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5510 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5516 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5517 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5518 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5521 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5522 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5523 they are in order of addition. */
5526 reverse_die_lists (die
)
5529 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5530 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5532 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5534 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5535 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5541 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5548 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5551 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5552 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5553 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5554 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5555 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5558 reverse_all_dies (die
)
5563 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5565 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5566 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5569 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5570 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5571 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5574 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5575 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5577 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5578 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5580 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5584 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5587 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5588 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5590 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5592 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5596 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5597 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5599 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5602 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5603 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5604 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5606 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5607 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5608 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5611 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5614 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
, mark
)
5616 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5619 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5622 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5624 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5625 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5626 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5627 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5628 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5631 switch (AT_class (at
))
5633 case dw_val_class_const
:
5634 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5636 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5637 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5639 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5640 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5642 case dw_val_class_float
:
5643 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5645 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5646 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5648 case dw_val_class_str
:
5649 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5652 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5654 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5657 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5665 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5666 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5669 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5670 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5671 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5674 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5675 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5678 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5679 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5680 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5688 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5691 die_checksum (die
, ctx
, mark
)
5693 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5699 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5702 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5705 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5707 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5709 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5710 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5712 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5713 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5717 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5719 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5721 same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
)
5722 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
;
5723 dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
;
5726 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5727 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5728 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5731 /* Do the values look the same? */
5733 same_dw_val_p (v1
, v2
, mark
)
5738 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5742 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5745 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5747 case dw_val_class_const
:
5748 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5749 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5750 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5751 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5752 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5753 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5754 case dw_val_class_float
:
5755 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5757 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5758 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5761 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5762 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5763 case dw_val_class_str
:
5764 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5766 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5767 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5768 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5769 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5771 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5774 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5780 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5781 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5783 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5784 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5786 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5787 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5789 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5791 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5792 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5794 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5795 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5796 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5804 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5807 same_attr_p (at1
, at2
, mark
)
5812 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5815 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5816 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5817 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5818 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5819 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5822 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5825 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5828 same_die_p (die1
, die2
, mark
)
5836 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5838 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5839 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5841 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5844 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5846 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5847 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5852 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5854 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5855 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5863 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5866 same_die_p_wrap (die1
, die2
)
5871 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5873 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5874 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5879 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5881 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5883 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5884 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5886 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5887 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5890 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5891 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5893 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5894 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5895 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5898 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5901 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5902 the name filename of the unit. */
5904 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5906 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5907 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5908 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5910 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5911 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5913 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5914 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5916 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5920 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5921 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5924 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5930 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5932 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5933 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5934 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5935 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5936 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5937 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5938 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5939 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5940 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5941 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5942 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5943 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5944 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5945 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5946 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5947 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5948 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5949 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5956 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5957 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5958 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5959 compilations (functions). */
5965 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5966 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5967 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5968 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5970 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5973 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5974 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5975 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5976 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5978 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5980 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5983 return is_type_die (c
);
5986 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5987 compilation unit. */
5993 return (is_type_die (c
)
5994 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5995 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5999 gen_internal_sym (prefix
)
6003 static int label_num
;
6005 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6006 return xstrdup (buf
);
6009 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6012 assign_symbol_names (die
)
6017 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6019 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6021 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6023 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6024 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6025 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6028 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6031 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6032 assign_symbol_names (c
);
6035 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6038 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6039 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6042 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6047 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6049 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6053 htab_cu_eq (of1
, of2
)
6057 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6058 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6060 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6067 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6077 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6080 check_duplicate_cu (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6085 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6086 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6088 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6090 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6091 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6095 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6097 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6103 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6107 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
6109 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6110 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6116 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6118 record_comdat_symbol_number (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6123 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6125 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6126 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6130 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6133 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6134 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6135 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6138 break_out_includes (die
)
6142 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6143 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6144 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6146 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6148 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6150 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6151 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6153 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6156 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6158 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6161 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6163 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6167 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6171 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6172 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6178 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6179 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6184 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6185 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6186 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6192 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6193 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6194 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6195 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6197 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6200 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6201 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6202 comdat_symbol_number
);
6205 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6208 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6209 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6210 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6213 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
6218 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6219 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6220 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6221 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6223 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6224 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6227 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6230 output_location_lists (die
)
6236 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6237 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6238 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6240 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6241 output_location_lists (c
);
6245 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6246 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6247 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6248 die are visited recursively. */
6251 build_abbrev_table (die
)
6254 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6255 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6257 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6259 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6260 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6261 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6262 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6263 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6265 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6268 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6271 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6273 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6275 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6277 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6279 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6280 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6282 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6284 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6285 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6288 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6289 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6292 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6298 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6300 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6302 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6303 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6304 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6306 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6307 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6308 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6311 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6312 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6315 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6316 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6317 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6320 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6323 constant_size (value
)
6324 long unsigned value
;
6331 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6334 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6339 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6340 .debug_info section. */
6342 static unsigned long
6346 unsigned long size
= 0;
6349 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6350 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6352 switch (AT_class (a
))
6354 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6355 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6357 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6358 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6360 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6362 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6365 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6369 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6370 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6372 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6373 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6375 case dw_val_class_const
:
6376 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6378 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6379 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6381 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6382 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6384 case dw_val_class_float
:
6385 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6387 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6390 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6391 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6392 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6394 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6396 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6397 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6399 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6400 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6402 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6403 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6405 case dw_val_class_str
:
6406 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6407 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6409 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6419 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6420 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6421 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6422 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6425 calc_die_sizes (die
)
6430 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6431 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6433 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6436 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6437 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6438 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6441 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6442 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6443 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6444 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6456 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6460 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6472 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6476 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6479 unmark_all_dies (die
)
6489 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6490 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6492 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6493 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6494 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6497 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6498 compilation unit. */
6500 static unsigned long
6506 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6507 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6509 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6510 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6513 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6517 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6519 static unsigned long
6524 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6526 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6527 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6528 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6530 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6531 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6535 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6537 static enum dwarf_form
6541 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6543 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6544 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6545 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6546 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6547 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6548 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6549 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6550 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6552 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6553 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6554 .debug_loc section */
6555 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6556 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6557 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6560 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6562 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6566 case dw_val_class_const
:
6567 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6568 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6569 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6572 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6574 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6576 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6578 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6582 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6583 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6584 case dw_val_class_float
:
6585 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6586 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6587 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6588 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6589 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6590 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6593 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6594 return DW_FORM_data
;
6595 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6596 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6597 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6598 return DW_FORM_data
;
6599 case dw_val_class_str
:
6600 return AT_string_form (a
);
6607 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6610 output_value_format (a
)
6613 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6615 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6618 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6622 output_abbrev_section ()
6624 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6628 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6630 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6632 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6633 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6634 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6636 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6637 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6641 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6642 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6644 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6645 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6646 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6649 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6653 /* Terminate the table. */
6654 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6657 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6660 output_die_symbol (die
)
6663 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6668 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6669 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6670 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6672 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6674 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6677 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6678 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6679 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6681 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6682 new_loc_list (expr
, begin
, end
, section
, gensym
)
6683 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
6686 const char *section
;
6689 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6691 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6693 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6694 retlist
->section
= section
;
6696 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6701 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6704 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head
, descr
, begin
, end
, section
)
6705 dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
;
6706 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
6709 const char *section
;
6713 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6714 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6717 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6718 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6721 /* Output the location list given to us */
6724 output_loc_list (list_head
)
6725 dw_loc_list_ref list_head
;
6727 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6729 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6731 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6732 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6733 in more than one section. */
6734 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6736 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6737 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6738 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6739 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6740 "Location list base address specifier base");
6743 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6747 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6748 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6749 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6750 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6751 "Location list end address (%s)",
6752 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6753 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6755 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6758 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6760 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6763 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6764 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6765 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6766 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6767 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6768 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6771 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6772 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6782 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6783 them to point to. */
6784 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6785 output_die_symbol (die
);
6787 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6788 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6790 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6792 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6794 switch (AT_class (a
))
6796 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6797 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6800 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6801 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6805 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6807 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6809 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6810 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6816 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6817 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6819 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6820 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6822 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6825 case dw_val_class_const
:
6826 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6827 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6828 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6829 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6832 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6833 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6834 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6837 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6839 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6841 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6842 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6845 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6847 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6848 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6852 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6853 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6856 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6857 first
, "long long constant");
6858 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6863 case dw_val_class_float
:
6867 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6870 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6871 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6872 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6876 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6877 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6880 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6882 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6886 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6887 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6891 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6892 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6894 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6898 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6900 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6903 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6907 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6911 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6912 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6913 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6917 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6918 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6921 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6922 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6925 case dw_val_class_str
:
6926 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6927 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6928 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6929 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6931 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6939 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6942 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6943 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6948 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6949 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6952 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6954 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6955 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6956 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6957 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6958 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6959 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6960 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6961 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6962 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6966 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6969 output_comp_unit (die
, output_if_empty
)
6971 int output_if_empty
;
6973 const char *secname
;
6976 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6977 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6980 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6981 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6982 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6983 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6984 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6987 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6989 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6990 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6991 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6993 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6996 tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6998 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
7000 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
7003 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
7005 /* Output debugging information. */
7006 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
7007 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7010 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7015 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7019 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7020 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7021 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7024 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
7028 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7031 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7034 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
7040 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7043 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7045 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7047 = (pubname_ref
) ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7048 (pubname_table_allocated
7049 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7050 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7051 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7054 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7056 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7059 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7060 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7061 visible procedures. */
7067 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7069 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7070 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7071 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7072 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7073 "Length of Public Names Info");
7074 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7075 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7076 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7077 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7078 "Compilation Unit Length");
7080 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7082 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7084 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7085 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
7088 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7091 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7094 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7097 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7100 add_arange (decl
, die
)
7104 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7107 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7109 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7110 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7111 (arange_table_allocated
7112 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7113 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7114 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7117 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7120 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7121 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7122 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7128 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7130 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7131 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7132 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7133 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7134 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7135 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7136 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7137 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7138 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7139 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7141 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7142 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7144 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7146 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7147 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7148 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7149 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7152 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7153 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7154 text_section_label
, "Length");
7156 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7158 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7160 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7161 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
7164 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7166 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7168 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7169 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7173 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7174 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7175 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7176 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7177 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7179 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
7183 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
7186 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7187 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7188 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7189 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7194 /* Output the terminator words. */
7195 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7196 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7199 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7206 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7208 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7210 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7211 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
7212 ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7213 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7214 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7215 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7218 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7219 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7221 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7228 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7229 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7231 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7233 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7237 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7238 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7240 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7241 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7243 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7244 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7245 base of the text section. */
7246 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7248 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7250 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7251 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7252 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7255 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7256 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7257 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7258 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7261 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7262 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7263 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7270 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7271 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7277 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7280 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7281 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7282 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7283 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7284 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7287 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7291 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7292 int length
; /* Path length. */
7293 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7294 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7295 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7296 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7299 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7300 the directories in the path. */
7303 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
7307 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7308 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7312 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7313 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7314 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7315 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7316 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7317 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7318 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7320 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7321 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7327 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7328 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7329 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7330 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7331 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7333 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7334 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7339 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7340 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7341 slowdowns with many input files. */
7344 output_file_names ()
7346 struct file_info
*files
;
7347 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7356 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7357 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7360 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7364 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7365 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7366 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7367 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7368 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7370 /* Sort the file names. */
7371 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7375 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7376 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7377 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7380 /* Create a new array entry. */
7382 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7383 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7385 /* Search for the file name part. */
7386 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7387 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7390 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7391 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7393 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7394 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7395 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7396 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7398 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7400 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7403 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7404 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7405 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7406 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7408 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7409 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7410 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7416 /* This is a new directory. */
7417 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7418 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7419 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7420 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7421 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7422 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7424 /* Search for a prefix. */
7425 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7426 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7427 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7428 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7429 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7430 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7431 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7432 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7437 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7438 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7439 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7440 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7441 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7442 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7443 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7444 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7446 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7447 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7452 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7453 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7454 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7455 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7457 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7460 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7462 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7467 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7472 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7473 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7475 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7476 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7481 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7483 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7485 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7486 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7487 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7489 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7490 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7492 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7493 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7498 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7499 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7500 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7501 backmap
= (int *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7502 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7504 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7506 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7507 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7510 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7511 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7512 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7513 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7514 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7516 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7517 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7518 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7520 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7521 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7522 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7525 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7527 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7529 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7532 /* Now write all the file names. */
7533 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7535 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7536 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7538 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7539 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7541 /* Include directory index. */
7542 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7544 /* Modification time. */
7545 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7547 /* File length in bytes. */
7548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7551 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7555 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7556 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7561 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7562 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7563 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7566 unsigned long lt_index
;
7567 unsigned long current_line
;
7570 unsigned long current_file
;
7571 unsigned long function
;
7573 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7574 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7575 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7578 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7579 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7580 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7581 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7582 "Length of Source Line Info");
7583 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7585 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7586 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7587 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7589 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7590 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7591 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7592 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7593 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7594 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7595 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7596 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7598 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7601 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7602 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7603 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7605 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7606 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7607 "Special Opcode Base");
7609 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7613 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7614 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7615 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7616 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7617 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7629 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7630 output_file_names ();
7631 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7633 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7634 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7635 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7637 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7638 a series of state machine operations. */
7641 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7642 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7644 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7647 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7648 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7651 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7652 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7653 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7654 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7655 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7659 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7661 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7662 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7663 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7664 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7665 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7666 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7668 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7671 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7672 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7673 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7674 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7678 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7679 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7680 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7681 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7682 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7683 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7686 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7688 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7689 different from the previous line. */
7690 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7692 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7693 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7694 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7695 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7699 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7700 that uses the least amount of space. */
7701 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7703 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7704 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7705 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7706 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7707 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7708 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7710 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7711 "line %lu", current_line
);
7714 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7715 depending on the value being encoded. */
7716 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7717 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7718 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7719 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7723 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7727 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7730 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7731 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7732 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7736 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7737 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7739 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7742 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7743 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7744 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7749 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7751 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7752 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7755 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7756 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7757 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7758 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7762 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7763 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7764 to handle it differently. */
7765 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7767 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7769 function
= line_info
->function
;
7771 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7772 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7773 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7775 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7779 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7783 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7784 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7791 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7795 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7797 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7798 different from the previous line. */
7799 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7801 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7803 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7804 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7808 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7809 that uses the least amount of space. */
7810 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7812 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7813 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7814 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7815 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7816 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7817 "line %lu", current_line
);
7820 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7821 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7822 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7823 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7835 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7836 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7837 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7842 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7843 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7846 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7847 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7848 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7853 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7854 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7855 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7858 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7860 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7861 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7865 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7866 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7869 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7870 a DIE that describes the given type.
7872 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7873 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7876 base_type_die (type
)
7879 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7880 const char *type_name
;
7881 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7882 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7884 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7889 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7890 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7892 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7895 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7897 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7900 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7901 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7902 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7904 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7905 && (type
== char_type_node
7906 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7907 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7909 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7910 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7912 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7915 /* else fall through. */
7918 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7919 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7920 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7922 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7926 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7929 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7930 a user defined type for it. */
7932 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7933 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7935 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7939 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7940 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7944 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7948 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7949 if (demangle_name_func
)
7950 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7952 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7953 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7954 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7955 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7957 return base_type_result
;
7960 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7961 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7962 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7963 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7964 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7965 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7966 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7967 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7973 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7974 return error_mark_node
;
7976 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7979 return error_mark_node
;
7982 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7983 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7986 return type_main_variant (type
);
7990 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7991 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7997 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8012 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8017 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8031 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8032 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8033 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8034 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8037 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8038 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
8042 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8043 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8044 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8046 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8047 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8049 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8052 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8053 emitted as a subrange type. */
8056 is_ada_subrange_type (type
)
8059 /* We do this for INTEGER_TYPEs that have names, parent types, and when
8060 we are compiling Ada code. */
8061 return (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
8062 && TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0
8063 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
8064 && TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (type
)) && is_ada ());
8067 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8068 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8071 subrange_type_die (type
)
8074 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
8075 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8076 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8078 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
8080 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8081 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8083 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8084 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8085 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8086 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8087 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8088 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8089 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8090 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8091 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
8093 return subrange_die
;
8096 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8097 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8100 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
8103 int is_volatile_type
;
8104 dw_die_ref context_die
;
8106 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8107 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
8108 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8109 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8111 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
8113 tree qualified_type
;
8115 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8118 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8119 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8121 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8123 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8126 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8128 return mod_type_die
;
8131 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8132 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
8133 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8134 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
8136 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
8137 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
8139 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8141 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8142 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8143 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8145 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8146 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
8147 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8148 type to which it refers. */
8150 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
8151 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8154 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8160 else if (is_const_type
)
8162 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8163 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8165 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8167 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8168 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8170 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8172 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8173 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8174 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8176 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8178 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8180 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8182 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8183 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8184 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8186 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8188 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8190 else if (is_ada_subrange_type (type
))
8191 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
);
8192 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8193 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8196 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8198 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8199 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8200 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8201 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8202 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8204 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8205 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8207 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8208 not the main variant. */
8209 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8210 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
8214 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8215 type
= qualified_type
;
8219 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8221 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8222 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8223 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8224 types are possible in Ada. */
8225 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8226 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8227 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8230 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8231 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8233 return mod_type_die
;
8236 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8237 an enumerated type. */
8243 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8246 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8252 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8254 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8257 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8260 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8261 zero if there is none. */
8263 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8264 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8270 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8273 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8274 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8276 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8278 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8280 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8283 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8284 a given hard register number. */
8286 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8287 one_reg_loc_descriptor (regno
)
8291 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8293 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8296 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8297 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8299 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8300 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
)
8305 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8307 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8308 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8310 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8311 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8313 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8320 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8321 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8322 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8328 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8330 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8333 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8336 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8340 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8341 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8342 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8343 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8348 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8350 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8351 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
8354 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8356 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8357 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8361 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8364 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8366 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8376 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8378 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8379 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8385 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8388 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8390 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8391 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
8395 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8396 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8397 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8399 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8400 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8401 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8404 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8406 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8408 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8413 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8419 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8420 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8421 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8422 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8425 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8426 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8427 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8428 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8430 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8431 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8432 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8433 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8435 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8436 autoincrement addressing modes.
8438 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8440 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8441 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
8443 enum machine_mode mode
;
8445 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8447 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8448 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8449 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8450 zeroth element of the array. */
8452 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8454 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8459 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8460 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8462 /* ... fall through ... */
8465 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8466 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8467 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8468 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8469 contains the given subreg. */
8470 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8472 /* ... fall through ... */
8475 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8476 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8477 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8478 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8479 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8480 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8481 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8482 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8483 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8484 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8485 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8486 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8487 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8488 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8489 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8493 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8494 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8495 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8499 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8501 /* ... fall through ... */
8504 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8505 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8509 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8510 by a different symbol. */
8511 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8514 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8516 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8519 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8520 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8525 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8526 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8527 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8528 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8533 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8534 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8535 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8536 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8540 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8542 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8547 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8549 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8550 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8551 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8552 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8554 /* ... fall through ... */
8558 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8559 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8560 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8563 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8564 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8567 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8568 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8569 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8570 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8571 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8574 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8575 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8576 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8577 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8584 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8585 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8586 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8587 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8589 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8592 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8593 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8594 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8599 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8603 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8605 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8606 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8614 return mem_loc_result
;
8617 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8618 This is typically a complex variable. */
8620 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8621 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
8624 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8625 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8626 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8628 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8631 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8632 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8633 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8634 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8636 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8637 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8638 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8639 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8641 return cc_loc_result
;
8644 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8645 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8646 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8647 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8648 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8650 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8652 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8653 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8656 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8658 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8661 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8662 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8663 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8664 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8665 contains the given subreg. */
8666 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8668 /* ... fall through ... */
8671 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8675 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8679 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8689 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8690 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8691 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8692 descriptor, return 0. */
8694 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8695 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
8699 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8701 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8702 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8704 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8705 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8708 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8713 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8714 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8715 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8716 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8717 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8718 the names of types. */
8725 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8726 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8727 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8728 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8729 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8730 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8731 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8732 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8735 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8736 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8740 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8744 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8745 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8749 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8750 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8751 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8754 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8755 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8758 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8760 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8761 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8764 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8765 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8766 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8768 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8769 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8778 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8780 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8782 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8784 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8785 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8786 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8791 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8793 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8796 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8799 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8805 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8810 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8814 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8815 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8817 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8822 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8825 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8826 enum machine_mode mode
;
8829 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8830 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8835 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8837 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8840 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8842 /* Variable offset. */
8843 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8844 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8850 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8852 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8853 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8855 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8856 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8862 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8863 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8868 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8869 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8874 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8880 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8885 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8887 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8888 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8896 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8898 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8899 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8912 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8916 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8917 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8919 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8923 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8924 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8925 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8935 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8942 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8949 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8956 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8971 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8972 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8973 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8976 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8977 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8980 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8994 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8998 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9002 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
9003 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
9004 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
9005 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9007 /* ... fall through ... */
9011 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9012 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9013 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9014 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9015 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9017 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9018 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9021 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9022 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9024 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9025 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9026 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9028 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9029 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9030 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9032 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9033 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9034 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9035 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9036 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9044 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9045 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
9048 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9049 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
9051 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9053 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9055 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9058 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9060 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9066 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9067 which is not less than the value itself. */
9069 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9070 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
9071 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
9072 unsigned int boundary
;
9074 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9077 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9078 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9079 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9088 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9089 return integer_type_node
;
9091 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9092 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9093 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9098 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9099 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9100 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9102 static inline unsigned
9103 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
9106 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9109 static inline unsigned
9110 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
9113 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9116 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9117 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9118 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9119 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9120 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9123 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9124 field_byte_offset (decl
)
9127 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9128 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9129 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9130 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9132 tree field_size_tree
;
9133 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9134 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9135 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9137 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9139 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9142 type
= field_type (decl
);
9143 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9145 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9146 a flexible array member. */
9147 if (! field_size_tree
)
9148 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9150 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9151 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9152 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9153 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9156 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9158 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9159 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9160 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9162 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9164 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9165 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9166 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9168 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9169 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9170 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9171 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9172 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9173 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9174 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9175 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9177 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9179 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9180 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9181 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9182 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9183 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9184 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9185 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9186 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9187 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9188 bits of the bit-field itself.
9190 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9191 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9192 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9193 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9194 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9195 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9196 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9197 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9198 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9200 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9201 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9202 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9203 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9204 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9205 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9207 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9208 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9209 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9211 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9212 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9213 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9215 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9216 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9217 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9218 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9220 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9222 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9223 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9225 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9226 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9227 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9228 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9231 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9234 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9235 associated with them. */
9237 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9239 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9240 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9241 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9244 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, descr
)
9246 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
9247 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9250 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9253 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9254 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9255 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9256 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9257 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9258 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9261 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9262 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9263 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9264 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9265 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9266 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9267 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9268 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9269 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9273 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
9278 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9280 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9282 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9283 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9285 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9286 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9287 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9288 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9290 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9292 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9294 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9296 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9297 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9298 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9300 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9301 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9302 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9304 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9305 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9309 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9310 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9311 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9312 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9314 /* Extract the offset. */
9315 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9316 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9318 /* Add it to the object address. */
9319 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9320 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9323 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9326 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9330 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9332 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9333 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9334 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9336 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9337 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9338 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9342 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9345 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9348 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9351 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9352 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9353 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9354 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9355 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9358 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
9362 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9365 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9366 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9367 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9368 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9369 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9371 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9373 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9374 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
9375 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
9376 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
9377 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
9380 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9381 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9382 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
9391 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9392 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9393 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9394 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9396 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9398 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9400 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9401 long *array
= (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9404 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9408 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
9412 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9417 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9424 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9428 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9429 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9432 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9433 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9439 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9445 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9446 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9450 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9451 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9452 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9453 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9454 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9455 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9456 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9457 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9458 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9459 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9460 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9464 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9471 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
9476 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9477 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9478 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9480 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9481 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9482 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9483 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9484 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9485 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9486 referenced within the function.
9488 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9489 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9490 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9491 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9493 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9494 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9495 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9496 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9497 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9498 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9500 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9501 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9502 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9503 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9504 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9505 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9506 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9507 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9508 output at debug-time.
9510 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9511 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9512 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9513 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9514 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9515 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9516 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9517 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9518 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9519 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9520 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9521 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9522 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9524 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9525 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9526 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9527 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9528 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9529 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9530 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9531 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9534 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9535 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9536 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9537 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9538 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9539 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9540 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9541 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9542 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9543 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9544 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9545 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9546 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9549 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9550 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9552 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9553 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9555 if (! reload_completed
)
9558 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9559 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9560 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9561 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9562 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9563 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9565 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9570 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9572 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9574 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9575 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9577 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9578 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9579 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9580 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9581 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9582 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9583 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9584 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9585 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9586 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9589 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9590 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9591 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9592 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9593 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9594 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9596 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9597 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9598 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9599 /* Not passed in memory. */
9600 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9601 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9602 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9603 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9604 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9605 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9606 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9609 /* Big endian correction check. */
9611 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9612 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9615 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9616 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9618 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9619 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9623 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9625 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9626 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9627 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9628 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9632 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9633 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9634 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9635 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9637 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9638 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9639 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9640 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9642 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9643 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9644 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9645 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9646 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9648 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9650 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9651 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9652 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9653 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9654 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9655 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9657 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9658 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9659 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9660 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9661 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9663 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9664 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9665 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9666 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9672 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9674 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9675 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9676 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9678 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9683 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
9684 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9685 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9686 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9687 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9688 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9689 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9690 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9691 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9692 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9695 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
9700 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9702 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9704 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9707 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9708 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9711 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9714 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9715 don't emit anything. */
9725 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9726 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9730 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9732 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9733 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9734 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9735 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9736 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9743 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9745 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9753 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9754 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9755 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9758 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
9762 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9763 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9765 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9766 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9771 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9774 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9775 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9776 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9778 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9779 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9780 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9787 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9788 the value of the attribute. */
9791 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
9793 const char *name_string
;
9795 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9797 if (demangle_name_func
)
9798 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9800 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9804 /* Generate an DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9807 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
)
9810 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
9812 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9815 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9816 a representation for that bound. */
9819 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
9820 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9821 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
9824 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9829 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9831 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9832 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9833 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9834 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9835 /* use the default */
9838 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9843 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9844 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9845 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9849 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9850 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9851 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9852 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9853 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9854 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9855 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9856 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9857 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9858 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9859 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9860 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9861 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9862 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9863 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9864 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9865 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9866 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9868 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9869 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9870 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9871 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9872 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9874 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9875 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9876 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9878 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9879 it references an outer function's frame. */
9880 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9882 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9884 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9885 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9888 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9889 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9890 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9891 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9892 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9895 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9901 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9903 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9904 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9905 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9906 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9908 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9909 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9915 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9916 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9918 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9919 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9921 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9925 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9926 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9928 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9930 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9931 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9932 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9933 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9934 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9936 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9937 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9939 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9940 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9941 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9942 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9944 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9950 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9951 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9954 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
9955 dw_die_ref type_die
;
9958 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9959 unsigned dimension_number
;
9962 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9964 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9965 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9966 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9967 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9968 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9969 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9970 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9971 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9973 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9974 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9975 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9976 gen_array_type_die. */
9977 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9978 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9979 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9980 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9983 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9985 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9986 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9988 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9991 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9992 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9993 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9995 /* define the index type. */
9996 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9998 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9999 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10000 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10001 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10002 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
10003 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10004 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10007 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10011 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10012 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10014 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10015 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10016 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10018 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10020 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10023 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10024 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10030 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
10036 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10041 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10044 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10045 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10048 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10049 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10050 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10051 even for bit-fields. */
10052 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10058 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10059 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10060 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10061 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10062 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10065 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10066 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10067 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10070 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10071 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10072 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10073 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10074 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10075 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10077 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10078 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10079 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10082 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
10086 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10087 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10088 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10089 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10090 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10091 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10093 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10095 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
10098 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10099 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10100 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10101 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10102 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10105 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10107 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10108 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10109 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10110 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10111 below must take account of these differences. */
10112 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10113 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10115 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10117 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10118 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10122 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10123 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10124 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10126 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10129 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10130 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10133 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
10137 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10138 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
10139 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10142 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10143 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10146 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10147 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10150 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
10154 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10155 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10156 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10159 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10160 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10164 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
10168 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10170 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10172 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10173 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10174 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10176 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10177 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10181 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10183 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10185 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10188 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10189 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10190 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10191 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10193 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
10196 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10199 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10202 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
10206 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10208 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10210 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10211 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10212 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10213 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10216 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10217 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10218 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10219 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10223 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10226 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10230 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10232 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10233 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10236 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10237 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10240 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10246 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10247 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10249 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10250 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10251 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10253 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10254 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10255 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10256 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10257 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10258 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10261 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10262 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10263 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10264 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10266 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10267 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10268 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10273 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10276 push_decl_scope (scope
)
10279 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10282 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10287 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10290 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10293 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10294 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10295 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10296 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10297 the current active scope. */
10300 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
10302 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10304 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10305 tree containing_scope
;
10308 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10312 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10314 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10315 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10316 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10318 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10319 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10320 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10321 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10322 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10324 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10325 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10326 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10328 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10329 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10330 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10331 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10332 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10337 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10338 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10341 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10342 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10345 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10348 scope_die
= context_die
;
10353 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10356 local_scope_p (context_die
)
10357 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10359 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10360 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10361 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10367 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10370 class_scope_p (context_die
)
10371 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10373 return (context_die
10374 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10375 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10378 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10379 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10380 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10383 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
10384 dw_die_ref object_die
;
10388 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10390 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10391 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10393 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10394 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10395 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10396 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10397 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10398 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10399 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10401 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10402 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10403 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10404 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10405 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10408 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10409 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10410 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10413 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10414 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10417 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10418 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10419 was declared without a tag. */
10421 static const char *
10425 const char *name
= 0;
10427 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10431 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10432 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10433 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10435 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10436 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10438 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10439 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10440 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10442 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10444 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10447 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10450 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10451 for bit field types. */
10454 member_declared_type (member
)
10457 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10458 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10461 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10462 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10465 static const char *
10466 decl_start_label (decl
)
10470 const char *fnname
;
10472 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10473 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10477 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10480 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10485 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10486 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10487 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10490 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10492 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10494 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10495 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10498 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10499 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10500 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10501 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10502 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10505 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10506 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10507 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10509 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10511 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10512 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10513 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10514 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10518 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10519 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10520 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10521 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10522 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10523 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10524 for multidimensional arrays. */
10525 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10528 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10529 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10530 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10531 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10532 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10535 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10537 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10538 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10540 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10541 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10542 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10543 add_subscript_info. */
10544 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10545 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10546 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10548 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10551 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10555 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10557 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10559 dw_die_ref type_die
10560 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10562 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10563 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10568 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
10570 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10572 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10573 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10575 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10576 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10579 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10580 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10581 0, 0, context_die
);
10584 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10585 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10587 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10591 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10592 emit full debugging info for them. */
10595 retry_incomplete_types ()
10599 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10600 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10603 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10606 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10608 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10610 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10612 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10613 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10614 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10617 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10620 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10622 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10624 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10626 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10627 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10628 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10631 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10634 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10636 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10638 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10640 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10641 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10642 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10645 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10646 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10647 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10651 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10653 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10655 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10657 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10659 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10660 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10661 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10662 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10664 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10667 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10669 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10670 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10671 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10672 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10676 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10677 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10678 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10679 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10681 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10682 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10683 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10684 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10686 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10687 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10689 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10691 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10692 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10694 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
10696 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10697 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10698 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10700 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10701 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10706 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10709 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10710 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10713 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10714 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10715 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10716 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10717 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10718 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10719 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10720 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10723 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
10725 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10727 dw_die_ref parm_die
10728 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10731 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10734 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10735 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10736 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10739 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10740 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10741 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10742 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10744 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10745 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10748 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10749 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10750 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10755 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10756 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10766 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10767 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10770 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
10772 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10774 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10777 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10778 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10779 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10780 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10783 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
10784 tree function_or_method_type
;
10785 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10788 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10789 tree first_parm_type
;
10792 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10794 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10795 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10800 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10802 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10803 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10804 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10806 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10808 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10809 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10812 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10813 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10814 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10815 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10816 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10817 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10819 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10821 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10824 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10825 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10826 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10827 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10829 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10830 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10831 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10832 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10833 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10834 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10837 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10838 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10839 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10840 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10841 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10844 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
10846 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10848 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10850 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10851 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10852 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10853 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10855 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10858 push_decl_scope (type
);
10859 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10860 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10862 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10868 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10869 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10872 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
10875 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10878 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10880 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10881 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10883 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10884 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10885 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10888 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10889 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10890 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10892 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10894 gen_type_die_for_member
10895 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10898 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10899 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10900 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10902 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10903 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10904 if (! was_abstract
)
10905 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10907 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10910 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10914 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
10916 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10918 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10919 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10920 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10924 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10925 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10926 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10928 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10929 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10930 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10931 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10932 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10934 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10935 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10942 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10944 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10947 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10948 inline function. */
10949 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10950 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10952 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10953 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10957 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10959 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10960 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10961 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10962 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10963 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10965 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10966 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10967 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10968 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10969 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10975 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10976 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10977 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10978 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10979 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10980 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10981 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10982 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10983 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10984 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10985 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10986 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10988 subr_die
= old_die
;
10990 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10991 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10992 remove_children (subr_die
);
10996 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10997 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10998 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10999 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11000 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11001 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11003 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11008 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11010 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11011 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11013 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11014 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11016 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11017 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11018 0, 0, context_die
);
11021 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11022 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11023 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11025 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11026 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11027 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11028 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11033 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11035 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11037 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11038 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11039 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11040 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
11041 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11042 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11045 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11047 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
11049 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
11050 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
11051 We can't get this completely correct because information
11052 about whether the function was declared inline is not
11054 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
11055 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11057 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11060 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11062 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11064 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11066 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11067 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11070 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11071 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11072 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11073 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11074 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11076 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11077 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11079 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11080 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11081 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11084 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11085 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11086 variables is relative to one of them. */
11088 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
11089 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
11092 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
11093 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
11094 if (current_function_needs_context
)
11095 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11096 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
11100 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11101 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11102 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11103 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11104 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11105 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11106 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11107 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11108 an ellipsis at the end. */
11110 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11111 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11112 its formal parameters. */
11113 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11115 else if (declaration
)
11116 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11119 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
11120 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11123 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11124 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11125 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11126 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11128 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11129 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11130 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11131 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11133 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11136 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11137 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11138 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11139 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11140 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11141 parameters at all. */
11142 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11143 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11145 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
11146 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11147 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11149 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11150 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11153 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11154 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11155 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11157 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11158 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11159 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11160 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11161 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11162 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11163 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11165 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11166 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11167 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11168 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11169 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11170 constructor function. */
11171 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11173 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11174 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11176 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11177 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11179 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11180 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11182 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11183 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11190 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11193 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
11195 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11197 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11198 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11200 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11201 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11202 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
11204 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11205 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11207 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11208 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11210 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11211 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11214 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11215 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
11216 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11218 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11219 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11220 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11222 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
11224 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11225 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11227 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11228 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11230 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
11231 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11236 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11237 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11238 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11240 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11241 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11243 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11244 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11246 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11247 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11248 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11249 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11253 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11255 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11256 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11258 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11260 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11261 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11264 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11267 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11270 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
11272 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11274 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11275 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11277 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11279 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11280 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11282 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11284 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11285 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11288 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11290 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11291 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
11292 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11293 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11294 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11295 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
11297 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11298 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11299 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11300 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11301 it if it ever does happen. */
11302 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11305 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11306 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11311 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11314 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11316 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11319 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11320 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11322 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11324 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11328 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11330 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11333 add_ranges (chain
);
11334 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11341 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11342 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11343 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11344 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11345 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11346 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11350 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11353 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11356 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11358 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11361 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11363 dw_die_ref subr_die
11364 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11365 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11366 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11368 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
11369 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11371 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11372 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11373 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11374 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11375 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11376 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11377 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11378 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11379 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11382 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11383 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11384 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11385 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11386 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11387 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11388 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11389 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11390 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11391 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11392 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11394 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11397 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11400 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
11402 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11404 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11406 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11407 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11408 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11411 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11413 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11414 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11415 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11418 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11419 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11421 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11422 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11424 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11425 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11426 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11427 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11431 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11432 Use modified_type_die instead.
11433 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11434 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11437 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11439 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11442 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11444 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11445 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11446 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11449 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11450 Use modified_type_die instead.
11451 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11452 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11455 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11457 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11460 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11462 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11463 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11464 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11468 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11471 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11473 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11476 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11477 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11479 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11480 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11481 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11482 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11485 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11488 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
11489 const char *filename
;
11492 char producer
[250];
11493 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11496 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11500 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11501 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
11502 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11505 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11507 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11508 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11509 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11510 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11511 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11512 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11513 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11514 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11515 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11518 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11520 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11521 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11522 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11523 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11524 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11525 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11526 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11527 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11528 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11529 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11531 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11533 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11537 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11540 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11542 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11544 dw_die_ref type_die
11545 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11547 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11549 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11550 TODO: add string length info. */
11552 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11553 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11557 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11560 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, access
, context_die
)
11561 tree binfo
, access
;
11562 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11564 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11566 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11567 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11569 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11570 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11572 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11573 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11574 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11575 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11578 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11581 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
11583 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11586 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11589 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11590 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11591 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11592 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11593 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11594 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11595 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11596 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11597 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11598 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11599 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11601 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11602 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11604 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11605 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11606 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11609 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11610 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11611 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11612 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11615 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11616 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11618 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11619 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11620 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11621 do put them in the right order. */
11623 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11625 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11627 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11630 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11631 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11633 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11634 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11637 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11639 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11641 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11645 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11646 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11647 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11650 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11652 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11654 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11655 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11657 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11658 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11659 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11661 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11664 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11665 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11668 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11670 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11671 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11673 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11675 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11676 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11678 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11680 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11682 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11685 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11687 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11688 then give a list of members. */
11691 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11692 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11693 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11694 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11695 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11696 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11698 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11699 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11700 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11701 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11703 push_decl_scope (type
);
11704 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11707 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11708 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11710 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11712 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11713 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11714 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11719 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11721 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11722 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11723 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11724 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11728 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11731 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11733 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11735 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11736 dw_die_ref subr_die
11737 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11738 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11740 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11741 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11742 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11743 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11746 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11749 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
11751 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11753 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11756 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11759 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11760 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11761 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11762 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11763 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11768 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11769 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11771 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11773 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11776 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11779 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11781 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11782 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11785 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11786 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11789 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11792 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11794 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11798 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11801 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11802 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11804 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11807 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11808 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11811 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11812 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11816 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11817 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11818 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11819 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11820 cloned type itself). */
11821 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11822 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11824 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11827 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11833 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11834 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11835 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11836 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11837 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11839 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11841 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11842 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11843 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11847 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11848 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11849 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11851 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11852 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11854 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11856 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11860 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11861 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11865 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11866 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11869 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11870 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11871 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11872 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11876 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11877 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11878 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11882 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11884 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11885 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11888 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11892 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11895 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11898 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11899 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11900 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11901 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11902 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11903 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11904 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11905 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11906 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11907 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11909 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11911 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11914 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11915 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11916 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11922 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11923 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11925 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11930 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11931 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11932 when appropriate. */
11941 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11945 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11952 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11955 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11958 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
11960 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11962 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11965 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11966 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11967 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11969 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11972 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11973 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11975 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11980 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11981 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11985 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11989 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11990 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11998 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11999 things which are local to the given block. */
12002 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
12004 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12007 int must_output_die
= 0;
12010 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12012 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12013 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
12014 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
12017 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12018 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12019 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12020 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12024 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12025 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12030 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12031 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12032 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12033 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12034 the current block. */
12035 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12036 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12038 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12040 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12041 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12042 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12043 must_output_die
= 1;
12046 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12047 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12048 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12049 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12050 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12051 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12052 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12053 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12055 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12056 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12057 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12058 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12059 as being a "significant" one. */
12060 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
12062 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12063 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12064 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12065 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12066 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12067 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12069 must_output_die
= 1;
12075 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12076 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12077 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12078 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12079 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12080 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12081 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12082 if (must_output_die
)
12084 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12085 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12087 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12090 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12093 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12094 all of its sub-blocks. */
12097 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
12099 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12105 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12106 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
12109 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12110 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12111 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12112 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12113 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12117 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12118 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12119 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12120 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12124 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12125 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12127 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12130 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12131 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12134 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12135 therein) of this block. */
12136 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12138 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12139 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12142 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12145 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
12148 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12151 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12152 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12153 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12154 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12155 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12156 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12162 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12165 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
12167 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12171 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12174 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12180 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12181 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12184 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12185 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12186 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12187 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
12188 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
12191 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12192 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
12193 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12195 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12196 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12197 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12198 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
12199 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12200 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12201 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12202 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12204 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12205 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
12208 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12209 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12211 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12212 have described its return type. */
12213 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12215 /* And its virtual context. */
12216 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12217 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12219 /* And its containing type. */
12220 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12221 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12222 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12225 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12226 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12230 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12231 actual typedefs. */
12232 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12235 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12236 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12237 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12238 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12239 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12240 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12241 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12243 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12247 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12248 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12250 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12251 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12255 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12256 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12260 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12261 variable declarations or definitions. */
12262 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12265 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12267 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12269 /* And its containing type. */
12270 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12271 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12272 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12274 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12275 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12276 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12278 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12279 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12280 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12282 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12286 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12287 anonymous unions. */
12288 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12289 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12291 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12292 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12297 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12298 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12301 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12302 /* Ignore for now. */
12306 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12307 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12313 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12316 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
12317 const char *filename
;
12318 const char *context_list
;
12320 unsigned int file_index
;
12322 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12324 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12325 tree context_list_decl
12326 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12329 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12330 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12331 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12332 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12333 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12337 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12338 compilation proper has finished. */
12341 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl
)
12344 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12345 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12346 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12347 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12348 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12349 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12352 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12355 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
12358 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12360 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12365 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12366 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12367 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12368 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12369 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12372 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12373 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12374 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12375 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12376 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12377 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12378 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12379 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12380 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12381 with the definition of the function.
12383 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12384 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12385 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12386 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12387 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12388 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12389 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12390 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12391 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12392 that they *are* definitions).
12394 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12395 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12396 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12397 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12398 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12399 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12402 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12403 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12404 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12405 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12406 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12407 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12408 context_die
= NULL
;
12412 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12413 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12414 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12415 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12416 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12417 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12418 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12419 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12420 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12423 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12424 variable declarations or definitions. */
12425 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12430 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12431 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12434 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12435 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12436 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12438 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12439 comparisons have. */
12440 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12441 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12442 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12443 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12444 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12449 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12450 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12453 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12454 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12455 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12456 context_die
= NULL
;
12464 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12467 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12468 a lexical block. */
12471 dwarf2out_begin_block (line
, blocknum
)
12472 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12473 unsigned int blocknum
;
12475 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12476 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12479 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12483 dwarf2out_end_block (line
, blocknum
)
12484 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12485 unsigned int blocknum
;
12487 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12488 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12491 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12492 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12494 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12495 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12496 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12499 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
12504 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12505 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12506 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12512 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12513 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12514 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12515 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12516 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12517 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12518 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12519 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12520 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12524 lookup_filename (file_name
)
12525 const char *file_name
;
12528 char *save_file_name
;
12530 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12531 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12532 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12535 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12536 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12537 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12540 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12541 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12542 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12543 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12545 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12549 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12550 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12551 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12552 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12553 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12559 maybe_emit_file (fileno
)
12562 static int emitcount
= 0;
12563 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12565 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12567 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12568 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12569 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12570 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12571 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12572 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12574 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12583 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12584 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12585 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12587 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12588 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12589 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12590 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12593 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12594 and record information relating to this source line, in
12595 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12598 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, filename
)
12600 const char *filename
;
12602 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12605 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12607 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12608 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12609 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12612 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12614 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12616 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12618 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12619 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12621 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12622 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12624 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12625 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12626 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12628 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12630 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12631 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12632 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12634 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12635 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12636 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12638 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12639 separate_line_info_table
12640 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
12641 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12642 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12643 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12644 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12645 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
),
12647 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12648 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12651 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12653 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12654 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12655 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12656 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12660 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12662 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12663 line_info_table_in_use
);
12665 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12666 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12668 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12670 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12671 (line_info_table_allocated
12672 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12673 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12674 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12677 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12678 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12679 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12680 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12685 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12688 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno
, filename
)
12689 unsigned int lineno
;
12690 const char *filename
;
12692 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& !is_main_source
)
12694 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12695 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12697 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12698 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12701 is_main_source
= 0;
12703 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12705 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12706 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12707 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12709 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12710 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12711 "Filename we just started");
12715 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12718 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno
)
12719 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12721 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12722 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12723 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12725 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12727 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12728 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12732 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12733 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12734 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12737 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
12738 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12739 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12741 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12743 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12744 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12745 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12746 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12750 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12751 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12752 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12755 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
12756 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12757 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12759 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12761 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12762 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12763 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12764 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12768 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12771 dwarf2out_init (input_filename
)
12772 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12774 init_file_table ();
12776 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12777 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12778 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12779 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12780 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12782 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12783 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12785 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12786 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12787 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12788 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12789 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12790 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12792 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12793 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12794 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12795 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12797 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12798 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12800 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12801 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12802 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12803 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12804 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12805 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12806 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12807 is_main_source
= 1;
12809 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12811 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12813 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12814 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12815 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12816 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12817 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12819 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12821 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12822 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12823 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12824 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12825 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12826 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12827 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12828 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12829 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12830 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12831 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12832 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12834 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12836 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12837 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12838 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12839 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12842 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12845 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12849 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12850 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12853 output_indirect_string (h
, v
)
12855 void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12857 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12859 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12861 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12862 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12863 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12871 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12872 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12875 prune_unmark_dies (die
)
12880 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12881 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12885 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12886 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12889 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
)
12894 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12896 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12898 /* A reference to another DIE.
12899 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12900 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12902 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12904 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12905 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12906 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12912 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12913 to DIE's children. */
12916 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, dokids
)
12922 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12924 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12927 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12928 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12929 if (die
->die_parent
)
12930 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12932 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12933 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12936 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12938 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12939 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12943 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12945 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12946 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12947 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12948 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12950 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12956 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12959 prune_unused_types_walk (die
)
12964 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12968 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12969 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12970 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12971 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12972 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12973 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12974 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12975 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12976 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12977 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12978 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12979 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12980 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12981 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12982 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12983 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12984 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12985 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12986 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12987 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12988 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12992 /* Mark everything else. */
12998 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12999 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13001 /* Mark children. */
13002 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13003 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13007 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13010 prune_unused_types_prune (die
)
13013 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
13014 if (!die
->die_mark
)
13018 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
13023 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
13031 die
->die_child
= n
;
13038 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13041 prune_unused_types ()
13044 limbo_die_node
*node
;
13046 /* Clear all the marks. */
13047 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13048 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13049 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13051 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13052 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
13053 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13054 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
13056 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13057 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13058 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
13059 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
13060 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
13061 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
13063 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13064 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
13065 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13066 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
13068 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13069 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13070 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13071 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13074 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13075 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13078 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename
)
13079 const char *input_filename
;
13081 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
13082 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
13084 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13085 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13086 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, input_filename
);
13087 if (input_filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13088 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13089 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
13092 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
13093 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13095 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13100 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13101 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13102 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13103 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13105 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
13107 next_node
= node
->next
;
13110 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13112 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
13116 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
13117 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
13119 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13120 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13121 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13122 else if (node
->created_for
13123 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
13124 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
13126 (node
->created_for
)))))
13127 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13128 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
13129 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13130 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13131 else if (node
->created_for
13132 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
13133 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
13134 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
13135 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
13136 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13138 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13139 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13140 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13141 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13142 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13143 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
13146 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13153 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
13155 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13156 emit full debugging info for them. */
13157 retry_incomplete_types ();
13159 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13160 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13161 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13163 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13164 prune_unused_types ();
13166 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13167 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13168 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13169 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
13171 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13172 that have children. */
13173 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
13174 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13175 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
13177 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13179 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13181 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13182 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13183 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13184 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13185 examining the file. */
13186 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13188 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13189 output_line_info ();
13192 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13193 if (have_location_lists
)
13195 /* Output the location lists info. */
13196 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13197 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
13198 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13199 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
13200 output_location_lists (die
);
13201 have_location_lists
= 0;
13204 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13206 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
13208 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
13209 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
13212 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13213 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13214 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
13215 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
13217 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13218 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
13219 debug_line_section_label
);
13221 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13222 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
13224 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13225 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13226 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13227 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13229 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13231 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13232 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13233 output_abbrev_section ();
13235 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13236 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13238 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13239 output_pubnames ();
13242 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13243 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13244 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13246 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13250 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13251 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13253 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13254 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13258 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13259 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13261 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13262 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13263 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13266 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13268 if (debug_str_hash
)
13269 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13273 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13274 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13276 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13278 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"